<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Shawn</id>
	<title>Omega Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Shawn"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Shawn"/>
	<updated>2026-04-05T22:32:51Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.44.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=Remote_Part_Numbers&amp;diff=318</id>
		<title>Remote Part Numbers</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=Remote_Part_Numbers&amp;diff=318"/>
		<updated>2025-09-05T15:12:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* Remotes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown (starting ~2007)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1=Nutek 3=Supernova 4=BKH 5=Portman 6=Kings Gun 7=&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the remote&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039; = 147-03 would be made by Nutek, a 4-button remote, the 7th version of 4-button made by Nutek, with the Excalibur brand/logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;119&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xASK)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1420&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xASK)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1423&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote - new case (xASK)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1514&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 5-button remote (xASK)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=Remote_Part_Numbers&amp;diff=317</id>
		<title>Remote Part Numbers</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=Remote_Part_Numbers&amp;diff=317"/>
		<updated>2025-09-05T15:11:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* Remotes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown (starting ~2007)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1=Nutek 3=Supernova 4=BKH 5=Portman 6=Kings Gun 7=&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the remote&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Example = 147-03 would be made by Nutek, a 4-button remote, the 7th version of 4-button made by Nutek, with the Excalibur brand/logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;119&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xASK)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1420&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xASK)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1423&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote - new case (xASK)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1514&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 5-button remote (xASK)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=307</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=307"/>
		<updated>2025-07-02T19:22:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Feature Programming */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs/outputs can be configured as status light outputs and override inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When an alternative override input is used it is only used for Anti Car-Jacking and emergency override, the button on the antenna is still used for programming and other features (pit-stop, low volt/temp AutoStart activation, etc,.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Resistors may be needed for any LED not designed to operate at 12V&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as Arm or Disarm inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as analog Wait-to-Start&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as N/C inputs for Hood, Door, or Trunk zones&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T mode can be programmed to activate when parking brake is set, no need to activate via remote/RS process&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas will work as RF kit for RS-80-G0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
70-series remotes and antennas are &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; compatible with 80-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remotes now transmit upon button release OR after button is held for 2 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Feature Programming=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Programmable Feature Menus&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Feature programming now uses prog button and brake to select banks, feature, and options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and prog button 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Pressing Brake again will go back to the bank selection option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn Ignition On/Off or wait to exit programming&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Enter programming (ignition on/off, prog button 5x). After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some Features only have one option by design, mostly for the input/output wires. This will maintain the menu structure if any future options are added to these wires&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1514 Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Power remote down (Hold &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; &amp;amp; Start). Power remote up by holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Unlock to clear remote 2-way codes and reset clock and all settings&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Hardware=&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-blade control module (&#039;&#039;AL-80 / RS-80&#039;&#039;) ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes single analog sensor port and door triggers in sub harness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, and Red RS output ports are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blade control Module (&#039;&#039;AL-80-B / RS-80-B&#039;&#039;)===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes two analog sensor ports that are now independent zones (1 - White / 1-Yellow)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 6-pin harness with 18AWG wires for Horn/Light flash relays input/outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, Red &amp;amp; Blue RS output ports, and Blade connector are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;119-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - One button 1-way in carryover case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1420-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way with new case design&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Plastic case with metal trim ring&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Snap together case, no screws&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1423-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way in carryover all plastic case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1514-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Five button 2-way with new case and screen layout&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C charge port&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C firmware update capability&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=306</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=306"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T18:30:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Feature Programming */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs/outputs can be configured as status light outputs and override inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When an alternative override input is used it is only used for Anti Car-Jacking and emergency override, the button on the antenna is still used for programming and other features (pit-stop, low volt/temp AutoStart activation, etc,.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Resistors may be needed for any LED not designed to operate at 12V&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as Arm or Disarm inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as analog Wait-to-Start&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as N/C inputs for Hood, Door, or Trunk zones&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T mode can be programmed to activate when parking brake is set, no need to activate via remote/RS process&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas will work as RF kit for RS-80-G0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
70-series remotes and antennas are &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; compatible with 80-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remotes now transmit upon button release OR after button is held for 2 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Feature Programming=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Programmable Feature Menus&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Feature programming now uses prog button and brake to select banks, feature, and options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and prog button 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Pressing Brake again will go back to the bank selection option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn Ignition On/Off or wait to exit programming&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Enter programming (ignition on/off, prog button 5x). After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some Features only have one option by design, mostly for the input/output wires. This will maintain the menu structure if any future options are added to these wires&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Hardware=&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-blade control module (&#039;&#039;AL-80 / RS-80&#039;&#039;) ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes single analog sensor port and door triggers in sub harness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, and Red RS output ports are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blade control Module (&#039;&#039;AL-80-B / RS-80-B&#039;&#039;)===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes two analog sensor ports that are now independent zones (1 - White / 1-Yellow)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 6-pin harness with 18AWG wires for Horn/Light flash relays input/outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, Red &amp;amp; Blue RS output ports, and Blade connector are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;119-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - One button 1-way in carryover case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1420-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way with new case design&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Plastic case with metal trim ring&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Snap together case, no screws&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1423-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way in carryover all plastic case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1514-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Five button 2-way with new case and screen layout&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C charge port&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C firmware update capability&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=305</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=305"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T18:27:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Feature Programming */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs/outputs can be configured as status light outputs and override inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When an alternative override input is used it is only used for Anti Car-Jacking and emergency override, the button on the antenna is still used for programming and other features (pit-stop, low volt/temp AutoStart activation, etc,.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Resistors may be needed for any LED not designed to operate at 12V&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as Arm or Disarm inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as analog Wait-to-Start&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as N/C inputs for Hood, Door, or Trunk zones&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T mode can be programmed to activate when parking brake is set, no need to activate via remote/RS process&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas will work as RF kit for RS-80-G0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
70-series remotes and antennas are &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; compatible with 80-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remotes now transmit upon button release OR after button is held for 2 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Feature Programming=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Programmable Feature Menus&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Feature programming now uses prog button and brake to select banks, feature, and options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and prog button 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Pressing Brake again will go back to the bank selection option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn Ignition On/Off or wait to exit programming&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Enter programming (ignition on/off, prog button 5x). After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Hardware=&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-blade control module (&#039;&#039;AL-80 / RS-80&#039;&#039;) ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes single analog sensor port and door triggers in sub harness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, and Red RS output ports are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blade control Module (&#039;&#039;AL-80-B / RS-80-B&#039;&#039;)===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes two analog sensor ports that are now independent zones (1 - White / 1-Yellow)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 6-pin harness with 18AWG wires for Horn/Light flash relays input/outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, Red &amp;amp; Blue RS output ports, and Blade connector are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;119-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - One button 1-way in carryover case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1420-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way with new case design&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Plastic case with metal trim ring&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Snap together case, no screws&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1423-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way in carryover all plastic case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1514-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Five button 2-way with new case and screen layout&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C charge port&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C firmware update capability&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=304</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=304"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T18:26:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Feature Programming */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs/outputs can be configured as status light outputs and override inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When an alternative override input is used it is only used for Anti Car-Jacking and emergency override, the button on the antenna is still used for programming and other features (pit-stop, low volt/temp AutoStart activation, etc,.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Resistors may be needed for any LED not designed to operate at 12V&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as Arm or Disarm inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as analog Wait-to-Start&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as N/C inputs for Hood, Door, or Trunk zones&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T mode can be programmed to activate when parking brake is set, no need to activate via remote/RS process&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas will work as RF kit for RS-80-G0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
70-series remotes and antennas are &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; compatible with 80-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remotes now transmit upon button release OR after button is held for 2 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Feature Programming=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Programmable Feature Menus&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Programming now uses Prog button and Brake to select banks, feature, and options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and prog button 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Pressing Brake again will go back to the bank selection option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn Ignition On/Off or wait to exit programming&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Enter programming (ignition on/off, prog button 5x). After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Hardware=&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-blade control module (&#039;&#039;AL-80 / RS-80&#039;&#039;) ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes single analog sensor port and door triggers in sub harness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, and Red RS output ports are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blade control Module (&#039;&#039;AL-80-B / RS-80-B&#039;&#039;)===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes two analog sensor ports that are now independent zones (1 - White / 1-Yellow)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 6-pin harness with 18AWG wires for Horn/Light flash relays input/outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, Red &amp;amp; Blue RS output ports, and Blade connector are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;119-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - One button 1-way in carryover case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1420-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way with new case design&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Plastic case with metal trim ring&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Snap together case, no screws&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1423-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way in carryover all plastic case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1514-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Five button 2-way with new case and screen layout&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C charge port&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C firmware update capability&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=303</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=303"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T18:25:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Feature Programming */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs/outputs can be configured as status light outputs and override inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When an alternative override input is used it is only used for Anti Car-Jacking and emergency override, the button on the antenna is still used for programming and other features (pit-stop, low volt/temp AutoStart activation, etc,.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Resistors may be needed for any LED not designed to operate at 12V&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as Arm or Disarm inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as analog Wait-to-Start&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as N/C inputs for Hood, Door, or Trunk zones&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T mode can be programmed to activate when parking brake is set, no need to activate via remote/RS process&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas will work as RF kit for RS-80-G0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
70-series remotes and antennas are &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; compatible with 80-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remotes now transmit upon button release OR after button is held for 2 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Feature Programming=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Programmable Feature Menus&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Programming now uses Prog button and Brake to select banks, feature, and options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and prog button 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Pressing Brake again will go back to the bank selection option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn Ignition On/Off or wait to exit programming&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 5 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Hardware=&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-blade control module (&#039;&#039;AL-80 / RS-80&#039;&#039;) ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes single analog sensor port and door triggers in sub harness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, and Red RS output ports are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blade control Module (&#039;&#039;AL-80-B / RS-80-B&#039;&#039;)===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes two analog sensor ports that are now independent zones (1 - White / 1-Yellow)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 6-pin harness with 18AWG wires for Horn/Light flash relays input/outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, Red &amp;amp; Blue RS output ports, and Blade connector are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;119-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - One button 1-way in carryover case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1420-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way with new case design&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Plastic case with metal trim ring&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Snap together case, no screws&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1423-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way in carryover all plastic case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1514-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Five button 2-way with new case and screen layout&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C charge port&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C firmware update capability&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=302</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=302"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T18:23:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Feature Programming */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs/outputs can be configured as status light outputs and override inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When an alternative override input is used it is only used for Anti Car-Jacking and emergency override, the button on the antenna is still used for programming and other features (pit-stop, low volt/temp AutoStart activation, etc,.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Resistors may be needed for any LED not designed to operate at 12V&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as Arm or Disarm inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as analog Wait-to-Start&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as N/C inputs for Hood, Door, or Trunk zones&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T mode can be programmed to activate when parking brake is set, no need to activate via remote/RS process&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas will work as RF kit for RS-80-G0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
70-series remotes and antennas are &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; compatible with 80-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remotes now transmit upon button release OR after button is held for 2 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Feature Programming=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Programmable Feature Menus&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Programming now uses Prog button and Brake to select banks, feature, and options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and prog button 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Pressing Brake again will go back to the bank selection option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn Ignition On/Off or wait to exit programming&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 5 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Hardware=&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-blade control module (&#039;&#039;AL-80 / RS-80&#039;&#039;) ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes single analog sensor port and door triggers in sub harness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, and Red RS output ports are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blade control Module (&#039;&#039;AL-80-B / RS-80-B&#039;&#039;)===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes two analog sensor ports that are now independent zones (1 - White / 1-Yellow)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 6-pin harness with 18AWG wires for Horn/Light flash relays input/outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, Red &amp;amp; Blue RS output ports, and Blade connector are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;119-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - One button 1-way in carryover case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1420-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way with new case design&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Plastic case with metal trim ring&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Snap together case, no screws&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1423-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way in carryover all plastic case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1514-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Five button 2-way with new case and screen layout&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C charge port&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C firmware update capability&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=301</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=301"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T18:21:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Feature Programming */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs/outputs can be configured as status light outputs and override inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When an alternative override input is used it is only used for Anti Car-Jacking and emergency override, the button on the antenna is still used for programming and other features (pit-stop, low volt/temp AutoStart activation, etc,.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Resistors may be needed for any LED not designed to operate at 12V&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as Arm or Disarm inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as analog Wait-to-Start&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as N/C inputs for Hood, Door, or Trunk zones&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T mode can be programmed to activate when parking brake is set, no need to activate via remote/RS process&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas will work as RF kit for RS-80-G0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
70-series remotes and antennas are &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; compatible with 80-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remotes now transmit upon button release OR after button is held for 2 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Feature Programming=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Programmable Feature Menus&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Programming now uses Prog button and Brake to select banks, feature, and options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and valet 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Pressing Brake again will go back to the bank selection option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 5 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Hardware=&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-blade control module (&#039;&#039;AL-80 / RS-80&#039;&#039;) ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes single analog sensor port and door triggers in sub harness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, and Red RS output ports are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blade control Module (&#039;&#039;AL-80-B / RS-80-B&#039;&#039;)===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes two analog sensor ports that are now independent zones (1 - White / 1-Yellow)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 6-pin harness with 18AWG wires for Horn/Light flash relays input/outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, Red &amp;amp; Blue RS output ports, and Blade connector are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;119-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - One button 1-way in carryover case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1420-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way with new case design&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Plastic case with metal trim ring&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Snap together case, no screws&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1423-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way in carryover all plastic case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1514-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Five button 2-way with new case and screen layout&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C charge port&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C firmware update capability&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=300</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=300"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T18:20:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs/outputs can be configured as status light outputs and override inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When an alternative override input is used it is only used for Anti Car-Jacking and emergency override, the button on the antenna is still used for programming and other features (pit-stop, low volt/temp AutoStart activation, etc,.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Resistors may be needed for any LED not designed to operate at 12V&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as Arm or Disarm inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as analog Wait-to-Start&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as N/C inputs for Hood, Door, or Trunk zones&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T mode can be programmed to activate when parking brake is set, no need to activate via remote/RS process&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas will work as RF kit for RS-80-G0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
70-series remotes and antennas are &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; compatible with 80-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remotes now transmit upon button release OR after button is held for 2 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Feature Programming=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Programmable Feature Structure&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Programming now uses Prog button and Brake to select banks, feature, and options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and valet 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Pressing Brake again will go back to the bank selection option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 5 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Hardware=&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-blade control module (&#039;&#039;AL-80 / RS-80&#039;&#039;) ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes single analog sensor port and door triggers in sub harness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, and Red RS output ports are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blade control Module (&#039;&#039;AL-80-B / RS-80-B&#039;&#039;)===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes two analog sensor ports that are now independent zones (1 - White / 1-Yellow)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 6-pin harness with 18AWG wires for Horn/Light flash relays input/outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, Red &amp;amp; Blue RS output ports, and Blade connector are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;119-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - One button 1-way in carryover case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1420-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way with new case design&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Plastic case with metal trim ring&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Snap together case, no screws&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1423-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way in carryover all plastic case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1514-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Five button 2-way with new case and screen layout&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C charge port&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C firmware update capability&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=299</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=299"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T17:57:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs/outputs can be configured as status light outputs and override inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When an alternative override input is used it is only used for Anti Car-Jacking and emergency override, the button on the antenna is still used for programming and other features (pit-stop, low volt/temp AutoStart activation, etc,.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Resistors may be needed for any LED not designed to operate at 12V&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as Arm or Disarm inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as N/C inputs for Hood, Door, or Trunk zones&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T mode can be activated when parking brake is set, no need to activate via remote/RS process&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas will work as RF kit for RS-80-G0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
70-series remotes and antennas are &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; compatible with 80-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remotes now transmit upon button release OR after button is held for 2 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Feature Programming=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Programmable Feature Structure&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Programming now uses Prog button and Brake to select banks, feature, and options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and valet 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Pressing Brake again will go back to the bank selection option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 5 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Hardware=&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-blade control module (&#039;&#039;AL-80 / RS-80&#039;&#039;) ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes single analog sensor port and door triggers in sub harness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, and Red RS output ports are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blade control Module (&#039;&#039;AL-80-B / RS-80-B&#039;&#039;)===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes two analog sensor ports that are now independent zones (1 - White / 1-Yellow)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 6-pin harness with 18AWG wires for Horn/Light flash relays input/outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, Red &amp;amp; Blue RS output ports, and Blade connector are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;119-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - One button 1-way in carryover case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1420-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way with new case design&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Plastic case with metal trim ring&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Snap together case, no screws&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1423-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way in carryover all plastic case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1514-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Five button 2-way with new case and screen layout&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C charge port&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C firmware update capability&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=298</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=298"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T17:29:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs/outputs can be configured as status light outputs and override inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When an alternative override input is used it is only used for Anti Car-Jacking and emergency override, the button on the antenna is still used for programming and other features (pit-stop, low volt/temp AutoStart activation, etc,.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Resistors may be needed for any LED not designed to operate at 12V&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as Arm or Disarm inputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select inputs can be configured as N/C inputs for Hood, Door, or Trunk zones&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T mode can be activated when parking brake is set, no need to activate via remote/RS process&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas will work as RF kit for RS-80-G0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
70-series remotes and antennas are &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; compatible with 80-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Feature Programming=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Programmable Feature Structure&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Programming now uses Prog button and Brake to select banks, feature, and options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and valet 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Pressing Brake again will go back to the bank selection option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 5 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Hardware=&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-blade control module (&#039;&#039;AL-80 / RS-80&#039;&#039;) ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes single analog sensor port and door triggers in sub harness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, and Red RS output ports are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blade control Module (&#039;&#039;AL-80-B / RS-80-B&#039;&#039;)===&lt;br /&gt;
*Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Includes two analog sensor ports that are now independent zones (1 - White / 1-Yellow)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New 6-pin harness with 18AWG wires for Horn/Light flash relays input/outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, Red &amp;amp; Blue RS output ports, and Blade connector are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;119-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - One button 1-way in carryover case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1420-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way with new case design&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Plastic case with metal trim ring&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Snap together case, no screws&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1423-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Four button 1-way in carryover all plastic case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*CR-2032 battery&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1514-03&#039;&#039;&#039; - Five button 2-way with new case and screen layout&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C charge port&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*USB-C firmware update capability&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=297</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=297"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T17:22:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* v2.0 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Firmware Revisions=&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.0==&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.1==&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.2==&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.3==&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.4==&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.5==&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.6==&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v2.0==&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; - Upon upgrade installer feature 2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until the first power up after the update. What will the customer see? This feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) now has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=296</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=296"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T17:22:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* v1.6 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Firmware Revisions=&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.0==&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.1==&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.2==&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.3==&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.4==&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.5==&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.6==&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; - Upon upgrade installer feature 2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until the first power up after the update. What will the customer see? This feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) now has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=295</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=295"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T17:22:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* v1.5 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Firmware Revisions=&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.0==&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.1==&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.2==&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.3==&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.4==&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.5==&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; - Upon upgrade installer feature 2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until the first power up after the update. What will the customer see? This feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) now has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=294</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=294"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T17:22:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* v1.4 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Firmware Revisions=&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.0==&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.1==&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.2==&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.3==&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.4==&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; - Upon upgrade installer feature 2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until the first power up after the update. What will the customer see? This feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) now has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=293</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=293"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T17:21:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* v1.2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Firmware Revisions=&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.0==&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.1==&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.2==&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.3==&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; - Upon upgrade installer feature 2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until the first power up after the update. What will the customer see? This feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) now has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=292</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=292"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T17:21:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* v1.3 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Firmware Revisions=&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.0==&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.1==&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.3==&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; - Upon upgrade installer feature 2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until the first power up after the update. What will the customer see? This feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) now has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=291</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=291"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T17:21:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* v1.1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Firmware Revisions=&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.0==&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.1==&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; - Upon upgrade installer feature 2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until the first power up after the update. What will the customer see? This feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) now has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=290</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=290"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T17:20:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 70 Series Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Firmware Revisions=&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.0==&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; - Upon upgrade installer feature 2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until the first power up after the update. What will the customer see? This feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) now has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=289</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=289"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T17:20:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* Notes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Firmware Revisions=&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.0==&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; - Upon upgrade installer feature 2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until the first power up after the update. What will the customer see? This feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) now has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=288</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=288"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T17:19:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* Notes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Notes=&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Firmware Revisions=&lt;br /&gt;
==v1.0==&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; - Upon upgrade installer feature 2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until the first power up after the update. What will the customer see? This feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) now has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=287</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=287"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T17:19:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* v1.0 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Notes=&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Firmware Revisions==&lt;br /&gt;
===v1.0===&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; - Upon upgrade installer feature 2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until the first power up after the update. What will the customer see? This feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) now has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=286</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=286"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T17:18:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Notes=&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===v1.0===&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; - Upon upgrade installer feature 2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until the first power up after the update. What will the customer see? This feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) now has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=285</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=285"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T17:17:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* v1.0 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===v1.0===&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; - Upon upgrade installer feature 2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until the first power up after the update. What will the customer see? This feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) now has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=260</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=260"/>
		<updated>2025-06-11T14:31:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Programmable Feature Structure&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Programming now uses Prog button and Brake to select banks, feature, and options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and valet 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Pressing Brake again will go back to the bank selection option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 5 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Hardware=&lt;br /&gt;
Non-blade control module (AL-80 / RS-80)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Includes single analog sensor port and door triggers in sub harness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, and Red RS output ports are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade control Module (AL-80-B / RS-80-B)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Includes two analog sensor ports that are now independent zones(1 - White / 1-Yellow)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New 6-pin harness with 18AWG wires for Horn/Light flash relays input/outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, Red &amp;amp; Blue RS output ports, and Blade connector are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=New Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
119-03 - One button 1-way in carryover case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1420-03 - Four button 1-way with new case design&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Plastic case with metal trim ring&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Snap together case, no screws&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1423-03 - Four button 1-way in carryover all plastic case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1514-03 - Five button 2-way witn new case and screen layout&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:USB-C charge port&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:USB-C firmware update capability&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=259</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=259"/>
		<updated>2025-06-10T20:28:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Hardware */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Programmable Feature Structure&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and valet 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Pressing Brake again will go back to the bank selection option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 5 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Hardware=&lt;br /&gt;
Non-blade control module (AL-80 / RS-80)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Includes single analog sensor port and door triggers in sub harness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, and Red RS output ports are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade control Module (AL-80-B / RS-80-B)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Includes two analog sensor ports that are now independent zones(1 - White / 1-Yellow)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New 6-pin harness with 18AWG wires for Horn/Light flash relays input/outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, Red &amp;amp; Blue RS output ports, and Blade connector are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=New Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
119-03 - One button 1-way in carryover case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1420-03 - Four button 1-way with new case design&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Plastic case with metal trim ring&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Snap together case, no screws&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1423-03 - Four button 1-way in carryover all plastic case from 70-seroes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1514-03 - Five button 2-way witn new case and screen layout&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:New xASK logo replaces x433&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:USB-C charge port&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:USB-C firmware update capability&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=258</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=258"/>
		<updated>2025-06-10T20:22:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Hardware */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Programmable Feature Structure&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and valet 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Pressing Brake again will go back to the bank selection option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 5 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Hardware=&lt;br /&gt;
Non-blade control module (AL-80 / RS-80)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Includes single analog sensor port and door triggers in sub harness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, and Red RS output ports are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade control Module (AL-80-B / RS-80-B)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Includes two analog sensor ports that are now independent zones(1 - White / 1-Yellow)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New 4-pin harness w/ (+/-)P/L, Ground, and Siren&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New 12-pin harness with 22AWG wires for all inputs and low current outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New 6-pin harness with 18AWG wires for Horn/Light flash relays input/outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antenna port is not 4-pin iData connector on side of module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Door lock port, Green &amp;amp; Black data ports, Red &amp;amp; Blue RS output ports, and Blade connector are all carryover from 70-series&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=257</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=257"/>
		<updated>2025-06-10T20:14:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Programmable Feature Structure&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and valet 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Pressing Brake again will go back to the bank selection option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 5 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=New 80 Series Hardware=&lt;br /&gt;
Non-blade control module (AL-80 / RS-80)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Same 6-pin main harness pinout as 70-seroes with adjusted wire gauges&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Red/White is now Red/Black&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Includes single analog sensor port and door triggers in sub harness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade control Module (AL-80-B / RS-80-B)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=Remote_Part_Numbers&amp;diff=256</id>
		<title>Remote Part Numbers</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=Remote_Part_Numbers&amp;diff=256"/>
		<updated>2025-06-10T19:52:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* Remotes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown (starting ~2007)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1=Nutek 3=Supernova 4=BKH 5=Portman 6=Kings Gun 7=&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;119&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xASK)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1420&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xASK)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1423&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote - new case (xASK)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1514&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 5-button remote (xASK)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=255</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=255"/>
		<updated>2025-06-10T19:47:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Programmable Feature Structure&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and valet 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Pressing Brake again will go back to the bank selection option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 5 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=254</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=254"/>
		<updated>2025-06-10T19:46:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Programmable Feature Structure&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and valet 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat after ~2 seconds delay&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Pressing Brake again will go back to the bank selection option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 5 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=253</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=253"/>
		<updated>2025-06-10T19:39:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Programmable Feature Structure&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and valet 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition back On &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 5 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=252</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=252"/>
		<updated>2025-06-10T19:38:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 80 Series Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Programmable Feature Structure&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. RS Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Convenience Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3. Security Options&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4. System Behaviors&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5. Output Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6. Input Config&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and valet 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition back On IF brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 5 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=251</id>
		<title>80-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=80-series&amp;diff=251"/>
		<updated>2025-06-10T19:35:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: Created page with &amp;quot;=New 80 Series Features= &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Programmable Feature Structure&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. RS Options &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Convenience Options &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. Security Options &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. System Behaviors &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. Output Config &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 6. Input Config &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and valet 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; Ignition back On IF brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; System will resp...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 80 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Programmable Feature Structure&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Features are now broken into 6 Banks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. RS Options &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Convenience Options &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Security Options &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. System Behaviors &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Output Config &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Input Config &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter programming with Ignition On/Off and valet 5x&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
System will confirm, with 2 chirps&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition back On IF brake requires ignition On for operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected bank number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
System will respond with 1x chirp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
System will respond with chirps to correspond to selected feature number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
System will respond with chirps to indicate current option setting of selected feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use prog button to select desired option within feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press brake to confirm selection&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
System will respond with 1x chirp and return to feature selection in current bank&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 5 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press and hold the Brake Pedal for &amp;gt;2 seconds. The system will chirp once and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=250</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=250"/>
		<updated>2025-06-10T19:19:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* Categories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===&#039;&#039;&#039;Welcome&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;This Wiki is only available to Omega support staff and Omega&#039;s authorized partners.&#039;&#039;&#039; It&#039;s designed to help guide you through installation, setup, &amp;amp; programming of Omega products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, concerns, suggestions, keep them to yourself......OR......contact Shawn Cooper at [mailto:shawnc@caralarm.com|shawnc@caralarm.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have fun!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Categories&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[70-series|70 Series]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[80-series|80 Series]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[AL-1575/Classic-3]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Remote Part Numbers]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[RFK-XX-SST]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[OL-RF-XX-SST]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[OL-HRN-RS Harnesses]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CrimeStopper]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Linkr-M1]] (Discontinued)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Linkr-MBT]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Linkr-LT]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Product Testing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SS3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tech-Calls-Workflow|Support Calls Workflow - RingCentral]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Wiresheet|Wiresheet]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[WireSheet-Process-Flow|WireSheet Images Process Flow]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[OL-HRN-RS Rules]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting started ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Localisation#Translation_resources Localise MediaWiki for your language]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Combating_spam Learn how to combat spam on your wiki]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=OL-RF-XX-SST&amp;diff=249</id>
		<title>OL-RF-XX-SST</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=OL-RF-XX-SST&amp;diff=249"/>
		<updated>2025-06-09T16:39:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* Hardware Versions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Overview=&lt;br /&gt;
RF antenna using the ADS partner protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Remote programming is &#039;&#039;&#039;COMPLETELY&#039;&#039;&#039; determined by the Data Start product used. Look at Data Start guide for programming process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Remote data is shared between the RS module and the antenna so remotes MUST be programmed upon installation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Remote can NOT be pre-programmed at the time of production. (see note &#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Some features (Passive Lock, Programmable RS activation, LED flashes, etc..) of the other Omega RF kits are not available.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Button operation is slightly different then other Omega product.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Signal is transmitted upon button release. The most noticeable difference is RS activation, two quick presses will activate RS. It is recommended that dealer/installer operate the RS a few times before demo to get familiar with the operation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update-able via weblink&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Firmware Versions=&lt;br /&gt;
Production Version - V1.02&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Update Version - V1.03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Correct data bits to display firmware version correctly.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Hardware Versions=&lt;br /&gt;
Initial production Version was not compatible with EVO units.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PCB update added IC to TX/RX circuit to correct this issue.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:See Antenna Evo update.jpg on Omega cloud account.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Possible iData TX Programming=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;With ADS hardware&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition and antenna button(Listed in guide)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ignition ON press and release antenna button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold antenna button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Led in antenna will turn ON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press lock on each remote to learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release antenna button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition 5x:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ignition OFF-ON  5 times (5th time you need to keep ignition &#039;&#039;&#039;ON&#039;&#039;&#039;, turning OFF the 5th time enters RS valet)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press lock on each remote to learn (2 sec to press lock between each lock)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turn OFF ignition&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If done incorrectly the unit could end up in valet mode. You will need to cycle the ignition 5x to get out of valet mode&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The RS firmware will go into Valet if no remote is learned no matter how long the key stays on. (tested with MDB-ALL w/RS-FM8)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition and Brake&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ignition ON/OFF/ON, leave in the ON position&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release brake 3 times&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press lock on each remote to learn (5 sec to press lock between each lock)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turn ignition OFF&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fortin TX Programming= &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;With EVO-ALL hardware&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; Not supported by original production (2020) - look for compatibility sticker on box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Using FlashLink Manager, be sure “Supported RF kits” is turned ON and set to the proper setting (H3 - CrimeStopper).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Have all transmitters which are to operate the system at hand. With the EVO-ALL data connector (power) disconnected Press &amp;amp; Hold the EVO-ALL programming button. Connect the 4-pin data connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Wait for the Blue &amp;amp; Red LED’s to turn on then release the programming button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the EVO-ALL programming button again, the Blue &amp;amp; Red LED’s will turn off and back on (approx 5 seconds) then release the button. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turn the ignition ON, the Yellow LED will turn on.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; Program the remotes:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• 4-button controllers: Press the LOCK button on the remotes you wish to program one at a time.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• 1-button controllers: Press &amp;amp; hold the START button for 3 seconds on the remotes you wish to program one at a time.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Blue &amp;amp; Red LED’s will flash off and back on once to confirm each remote is coded.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turn the ignition OFF and test operation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;With EVO-ONE hardware&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Using FlashLink Manager, be sure firmware version 0.44 is loaded and Unit Options are set to the proper setting.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Have all transmitters which are to operate the system at hand. Turn the ignition to the “ON” position then to the “OFF” position.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turn the ignition back to the “ON” position. The antenna LED will turn “ON”.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; release the brake pedal 4 times. The LED will flash rapidly. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Program the remotes:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• 4-button controllers: Press &amp;amp; release the TRUNK button then the LOCK button on the remotes you wish to program one at a time.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• 1-button controllers: Press &amp;amp; hold the START button for 12 seconds on the remotes you wish to program one at a time.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The antenna LED will stop flashing for 2 seconds to confirm each remote is coded.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turn the ignition OFF and test operation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=OL-RF-XX-SST&amp;diff=248</id>
		<title>OL-RF-XX-SST</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=OL-RF-XX-SST&amp;diff=248"/>
		<updated>2025-06-09T16:31:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* Firmware Versions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Overview=&lt;br /&gt;
RF antenna using the ADS partner protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Remote programming is &#039;&#039;&#039;COMPLETELY&#039;&#039;&#039; determined by the Data Start product used. Look at Data Start guide for programming process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Remote data is shared between the RS module and the antenna so remotes MUST be programmed upon installation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Remote can NOT be pre-programmed at the time of production. (see note &#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Some features (Passive Lock, Programmable RS activation, LED flashes, etc..) of the other Omega RF kits are not available.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Button operation is slightly different then other Omega product.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Signal is transmitted upon button release. The most noticeable difference is RS activation, two quick presses will activate RS. It is recommended that dealer/installer operate the RS a few times before demo to get familiar with the operation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update-able via weblink&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Firmware Versions=&lt;br /&gt;
Production Version - V1.02&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Update Version - V1.03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Correct data bits to display firmware version correctly.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Hardware Versions=&lt;br /&gt;
Initial production Version was not compatible with EVO units.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PCB update added IC to TX/RX circuit to correct this issue.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Possible iData TX Programming=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;With ADS hardware&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition and antenna button(Listed in guide)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ignition ON press and release antenna button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold antenna button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Led in antenna will turn ON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press lock on each remote to learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release antenna button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition 5x:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ignition OFF-ON  5 times (5th time you need to keep ignition &#039;&#039;&#039;ON&#039;&#039;&#039;, turning OFF the 5th time enters RS valet)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press lock on each remote to learn (2 sec to press lock between each lock)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turn OFF ignition&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If done incorrectly the unit could end up in valet mode. You will need to cycle the ignition 5x to get out of valet mode&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The RS firmware will go into Valet if no remote is learned no matter how long the key stays on. (tested with MDB-ALL w/RS-FM8)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition and Brake&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ignition ON/OFF/ON, leave in the ON position&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release brake 3 times&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press lock on each remote to learn (5 sec to press lock between each lock)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turn ignition OFF&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fortin TX Programming= &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;With EVO-ALL hardware&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; Not supported by original production (2020) - look for compatibility sticker on box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Using FlashLink Manager, be sure “Supported RF kits” is turned ON and set to the proper setting (H3 - CrimeStopper).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Have all transmitters which are to operate the system at hand. With the EVO-ALL data connector (power) disconnected Press &amp;amp; Hold the EVO-ALL programming button. Connect the 4-pin data connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Wait for the Blue &amp;amp; Red LED’s to turn on then release the programming button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the EVO-ALL programming button again, the Blue &amp;amp; Red LED’s will turn off and back on (approx 5 seconds) then release the button. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turn the ignition ON, the Yellow LED will turn on.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; Program the remotes:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• 4-button controllers: Press the LOCK button on the remotes you wish to program one at a time.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• 1-button controllers: Press &amp;amp; hold the START button for 3 seconds on the remotes you wish to program one at a time.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Blue &amp;amp; Red LED’s will flash off and back on once to confirm each remote is coded.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turn the ignition OFF and test operation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;With EVO-ONE hardware&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Using FlashLink Manager, be sure firmware version 0.44 is loaded and Unit Options are set to the proper setting.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Have all transmitters which are to operate the system at hand. Turn the ignition to the “ON” position then to the “OFF” position.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turn the ignition back to the “ON” position. The antenna LED will turn “ON”.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; release the brake pedal 4 times. The LED will flash rapidly. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Program the remotes:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• 4-button controllers: Press &amp;amp; release the TRUNK button then the LOCK button on the remotes you wish to program one at a time.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• 1-button controllers: Press &amp;amp; hold the START button for 12 seconds on the remotes you wish to program one at a time.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The antenna LED will stop flashing for 2 seconds to confirm each remote is coded.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turn the ignition OFF and test operation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=CrimeStopper&amp;diff=240</id>
		<title>CrimeStopper</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=CrimeStopper&amp;diff=240"/>
		<updated>2024-07-02T18:49:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* RSx-G5 Known Issues and Workarounds */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=RSx-G5 Known Issues and Workarounds=&lt;br /&gt;
During RS if the unit is put into panic mode it will not shut down via brake or timeout.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Workaround&#039;&#039;&#039; - Press unlock twice then press and hold start button till RS shuts down.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
RS range less then 10 feet, Lock/Unlock range is normal.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Antenna Firmware&#039;&#039;&#039; - Antennas with date code &amp;quot;2219&amp;quot; were found to have bad/no firmware. Field options are set to 2 pulse for RS or replace antenna with diffent date code. REPL was printed on antennas used to replace antennas for customers. A silver dot was placed on antennas that tested good or had firmware updated.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=RSx-G6 Operations=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Turbo Timer&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold Brake.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS (via remote, 3x lock, or data).&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
System will run for time programmed in Feature #14.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pit Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Use remote as programmed by feature #16 OR press valet twice (same as Excal).&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Pit Stop only operates once per key cycle.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=RSx-G6=&lt;br /&gt;
New product based on X70 platform with the same antenna and remote compatibility. Initial release will only be the RS1-G6 (2x One Button remotes) and the RS4-G6 (2x Four Button remotes). Same pin-out as X70 with Crimestopper wire colors (directly compatible with Excalibur T-Harnesses).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Black 6-Pin Main Connector&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pink/White - Ignition (Prog. Feature 2 OR V/L)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Brown - Start&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Gray - Accessory (Prog. Feature 2 OR V/L)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Red (2x) - Constant 12V&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pink - Ignition (Prog. via V/L)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;White 14-Pin Main Connector&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Yellow/Black - (-) Status/GWR (Prog. Feature 10)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
White/Black - (-) Light Flash&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Brown - (-) Trunk Release (Prog. Feature 20)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Orange/Black - (-) OEM Disarm (Prog. Feature 13)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Gray - (-) Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Red/White - Tach Signal&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pink - (-) Glow Plug(Diesel)/Door Trigger(MT mode)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Green - (-) RS Activation(Automatic)/Parking Brake(MT Mode)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Orange - OEM Arm (Prog. Feature 13)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Black - Chassis Ground&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Yellow - (-) Horn Output&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Violet - (+) Brake Pedal&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
White - (+) Light Flash&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Red 3-Pin Door Lock Connector&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Same as x70&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Red 3-Pin RS Harness Connector&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Orange/White - (-) Status (Prog. Feature 11)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Red - (+)12V Low Current&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blue/Orange - (-) Start (Prog. Feature 12)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=G6 Programming=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Vehicle Learn&#039;&#039;&#039; - New for Crimestopper.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Turn the ignition &amp;quot;On&amp;quot; (do not start)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Press the valet button 8 times in less than 10 seconds - The system will chirp &amp;amp; flash lights to indicate crank delay (Default: 1 chirp/flash = 1.5 seconds).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. (OPTIONAL) Press valet to change crank delay - Chirp confirmation: 1=1.5 sec, 2=15 sec, 3=20 sec, 4=30 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Start the engine with the key and let the engine reach a normal idle.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION: Turn the ignition OFF - The system will chirp &amp;amp; flash the lights equal the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (Max: 4).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5b. MANUAL TRANSMISSION: Release the parking brake (this completes ignition sequence learn.) - The system will chirp &amp;amp; flash the lights equal the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (Max: 4). Set the parking brake again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TIP: If you receive fewer chirps/flashes than circuits you connected, check connections and try again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Before turning the key OFF, perform the selected MT reservation sequence (feature #6) - When successful, the LED will once every 2 seconds.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. PUSH-BUTTON-START VEHICLES: Exit the vehicle &amp;amp; take the OEM fob/key 20 ft. away to allow remote start.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7. Activate remote start within 60 seconds of Step 5. Wait until the engine is running and the LED flashes slowly.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:- The system will then detect data protocols and the best available engine detection method (datatach, tach, etc.).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:- If the brake pedal is pressed before the LED fl ashes slowly, settings are reset and you must repeat vehicle learn.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. TO SAVE SETTINGS &amp;amp; COMPLETE VEHICLE LEARN: Press the BRAKE pedal (the engine will stop). TO CANCEL/START OVER: Press &amp;amp; release the valet button once.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remotes&#039;&#039;&#039; - Same as G5&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Turn the ignition &amp;quot;On&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Press valet button 4x - System responds with long siren/horn chirp.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Press Lock on 1st remote (Start on 1 button remotes) - System responds with 1 parking light flash.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Repeat step 3 for any other remotes - System responds with 2-4 parking light flash for each additional remote.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Turn the ignition &amp;quot;Off&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Features&#039;&#039;&#039; - Similar to G5&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Turn the ignition &amp;quot;On&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Press valet button 5x - System responds with long siren/horn chirp.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Press valet button equal to feature to be changed - System responds with short siren/horn chirp at EACH button press, once button presses stop the system will confirm feature with chirps.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Long chirp = 10&#039;s / Short chirp = 1&#039;s   &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039; - 2 Long Chirps and 5 Short Chirps = Feature #25.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Press remote button (or brake pedal) to change selected feature - System responds with short siren/horn chirp to confirm option chosen.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Repeat 3-4 for additional features that need changed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Turn the ignition &amp;quot;Off&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Enter feature programming (DO NOT SELECT ANY FEATURES).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2a. Press LOCK + UNLOCK (or press BRAKE x 5)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2b. 1-button/2-button models: Press the START button 5 times&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:- You will get 5 light flashes to indicate reset &amp;amp; exit programming.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=CrimeStopper&amp;diff=239</id>
		<title>CrimeStopper</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=CrimeStopper&amp;diff=239"/>
		<updated>2024-07-02T18:47:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* RSx-G5 Known Issues and Workarounds */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=RSx-G5 Known Issues and Workarounds=&lt;br /&gt;
During RS if the unit is put into panic mode it will not shut down via brake or timeout.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Workaround&#039;&#039;&#039; - Press unlock twice then press and hold start button till RS shuts down.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
RS range less then 10 feet, Lock/Unlock range is normal.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Antenna Firmware&#039;&#039;&#039; - Antennas with date code 2219 were found to have bad/no firmware. Field options are set to 2 pulse for RS or replace antenna with diffent date code. REPL was printed on antennas used to replace antennas for customers. A silver dot was placed on antennas that tested good or had firmware updated.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=RSx-G6 Operations=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Turbo Timer&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold Brake.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS (via remote, 3x lock, or data).&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
System will run for time programmed in Feature #14.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pit Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Use remote as programmed by feature #16 OR press valet twice (same as Excal).&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Pit Stop only operates once per key cycle.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=RSx-G6=&lt;br /&gt;
New product based on X70 platform with the same antenna and remote compatibility. Initial release will only be the RS1-G6 (2x One Button remotes) and the RS4-G6 (2x Four Button remotes). Same pin-out as X70 with Crimestopper wire colors (directly compatible with Excalibur T-Harnesses).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Black 6-Pin Main Connector&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pink/White - Ignition (Prog. Feature 2 OR V/L)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Brown - Start&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Gray - Accessory (Prog. Feature 2 OR V/L)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Red (2x) - Constant 12V&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pink - Ignition (Prog. via V/L)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;White 14-Pin Main Connector&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Yellow/Black - (-) Status/GWR (Prog. Feature 10)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
White/Black - (-) Light Flash&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Brown - (-) Trunk Release (Prog. Feature 20)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Orange/Black - (-) OEM Disarm (Prog. Feature 13)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Gray - (-) Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Red/White - Tach Signal&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pink - (-) Glow Plug(Diesel)/Door Trigger(MT mode)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Green - (-) RS Activation(Automatic)/Parking Brake(MT Mode)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Orange - OEM Arm (Prog. Feature 13)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Black - Chassis Ground&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Yellow - (-) Horn Output&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Violet - (+) Brake Pedal&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
White - (+) Light Flash&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Red 3-Pin Door Lock Connector&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Same as x70&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Red 3-Pin RS Harness Connector&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Orange/White - (-) Status (Prog. Feature 11)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Red - (+)12V Low Current&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blue/Orange - (-) Start (Prog. Feature 12)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=G6 Programming=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Vehicle Learn&#039;&#039;&#039; - New for Crimestopper.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Turn the ignition &amp;quot;On&amp;quot; (do not start)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Press the valet button 8 times in less than 10 seconds - The system will chirp &amp;amp; flash lights to indicate crank delay (Default: 1 chirp/flash = 1.5 seconds).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. (OPTIONAL) Press valet to change crank delay - Chirp confirmation: 1=1.5 sec, 2=15 sec, 3=20 sec, 4=30 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Start the engine with the key and let the engine reach a normal idle.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION: Turn the ignition OFF - The system will chirp &amp;amp; flash the lights equal the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (Max: 4).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5b. MANUAL TRANSMISSION: Release the parking brake (this completes ignition sequence learn.) - The system will chirp &amp;amp; flash the lights equal the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (Max: 4). Set the parking brake again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TIP: If you receive fewer chirps/flashes than circuits you connected, check connections and try again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Before turning the key OFF, perform the selected MT reservation sequence (feature #6) - When successful, the LED will once every 2 seconds.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. PUSH-BUTTON-START VEHICLES: Exit the vehicle &amp;amp; take the OEM fob/key 20 ft. away to allow remote start.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7. Activate remote start within 60 seconds of Step 5. Wait until the engine is running and the LED flashes slowly.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:- The system will then detect data protocols and the best available engine detection method (datatach, tach, etc.).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:- If the brake pedal is pressed before the LED fl ashes slowly, settings are reset and you must repeat vehicle learn.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. TO SAVE SETTINGS &amp;amp; COMPLETE VEHICLE LEARN: Press the BRAKE pedal (the engine will stop). TO CANCEL/START OVER: Press &amp;amp; release the valet button once.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remotes&#039;&#039;&#039; - Same as G5&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Turn the ignition &amp;quot;On&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Press valet button 4x - System responds with long siren/horn chirp.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Press Lock on 1st remote (Start on 1 button remotes) - System responds with 1 parking light flash.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Repeat step 3 for any other remotes - System responds with 2-4 parking light flash for each additional remote.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Turn the ignition &amp;quot;Off&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Features&#039;&#039;&#039; - Similar to G5&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Turn the ignition &amp;quot;On&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Press valet button 5x - System responds with long siren/horn chirp.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Press valet button equal to feature to be changed - System responds with short siren/horn chirp at EACH button press, once button presses stop the system will confirm feature with chirps.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Long chirp = 10&#039;s / Short chirp = 1&#039;s   &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039; - 2 Long Chirps and 5 Short Chirps = Feature #25.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Press remote button (or brake pedal) to change selected feature - System responds with short siren/horn chirp to confirm option chosen.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Repeat 3-4 for additional features that need changed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Turn the ignition &amp;quot;Off&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Enter feature programming (DO NOT SELECT ANY FEATURES).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2a. Press LOCK + UNLOCK (or press BRAKE x 5)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2b. 1-button/2-button models: Press the START button 5 times&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:- You will get 5 light flashes to indicate reset &amp;amp; exit programming.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=238</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=238"/>
		<updated>2024-06-13T16:07:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* v2.0 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; - Upon upgrade installer feature 2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until the first power up after the update. What will the customer see? This feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) now has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=237</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=237"/>
		<updated>2024-06-13T14:59:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* v2.0 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; - Upon upgrade installer feature 2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until the first power up after the update. What will the customer see? This feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) no has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=236</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=236"/>
		<updated>2024-06-13T14:57:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* v2.0 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; - Upon upgrade feature 10/2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039; vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until power up. What will the customer see? When updating this feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) no has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=235</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=235"/>
		<updated>2024-06-13T14:57:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* v2.0 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Upon upgrade feature 10/2 will be set to &amp;quot;Vehicle Learn&amp;quot; IF vehicle learn has been previously performed. This will not happen until power up. What will the customer see? When updating this feature will show as P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC in weblink right after update, then it will change to Vehicle Learn once installed back into the vehicle.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) no has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=234</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=234"/>
		<updated>2024-06-07T15:03:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 70 Series Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) no has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=233</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=233"/>
		<updated>2024-06-07T15:03:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* New 70 Series Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V2.0 can ignore 3D motion in M/T reservation mode (See 2.0 features).&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) no has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=232</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=232"/>
		<updated>2024-06-07T15:01:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* v2.0 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ignition Override feature will now disarm the alarm if ignition is turned On within 10 seconds of alarm trigger.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:7. Vehicle Learn (outputs set via vehicle learn &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) no has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=231</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=231"/>
		<updated>2024-05-22T20:44:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* 2-Way Antenna Update */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) no has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address no disarm when triggered due to 2-way RF being transmitted blocking remote signals. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=230</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=230"/>
		<updated>2024-05-22T20:43:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* v2.0 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see 2-Way Antenna Update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) no has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address disarm when triggered. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=229</id>
		<title>70-series</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.omegadealer.com/index.php?title=70-series&amp;diff=229"/>
		<updated>2024-05-22T20:42:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shawn: /* v2.0 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=New 70 Series Features=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Reset&#039;&#039;&#039; - Turn the ignition &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;off&amp;quot;, immediately press the valet button 10 times. After long siren chirp/horn honk press Lock &amp;amp; Unlock together on the remote or press the Brake Pedal 5 times. The system will chirp twice and exit programming with all features set to OEM defaults.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To ignore 3D motion from antenna or sensor disconnect Neutral Safety and perform VL&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;V1.6 will ignore 3D motion unless M/T reservation mode (Installer Feature #11) is set to one of the Manual Transmission options.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Vehicle Learn (See V1.6 for new process)=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If needed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, press valet to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. (&#039;&#039;This step was left out of some early production manuals&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF The system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within 20 sec. of Step 4, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. - After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless-hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: OPTIONAL: To enable Manual Transmission Reservation mode, set the parking brake. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(The BLACK/WHITE wire must be connected to the parking brake.) System should chirp/flash lights 1x. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 8&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
*With Green/Red and Green/Black not programed as CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 (Feature 10/18) the two way remote will not confirm CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 operation but the data output (Left Sliding Door and Gas Cap) will still operate.(fixed in v1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Installer Feature #20 (Low Current Mode) does not program via WebLink. (Fixed in V1.5)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When using AU-84TDP you must not use Black/White (Neutral Safety) and go thru VL to prevent false 3D status. (fixed in AU-84TDP firmware update)&lt;br /&gt;
*When using data module for door triggers on X70 the Zone Violation Recall will show Hood (2 Flashes) for door trigger. Door triggers report properly from data module with XX70-B. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When connected to I IGN and 2 ACC circuits VL will not learn properly. (fixed in v1.6)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Any time updates are done thru WebLink the current feature settings of the unit are maintained. To see new default settings you must power the brain and do a system reset.[http://wiki.uscnetwork.com/index.php?title=70-series 70-series]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Original Release &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Progressive Voltage - monitor battery voltage (0.3V increase from rest) for 1 min after RS then ignore any voltage change for the remaining RS runtime&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Vehicle Learn process (See Below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New antennas and remotes &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All units have temp sensor included &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can not configure features via OmegaWebLink &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
Available September 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct Lock operation after takeover &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Blade detection does not operate properly. If Blade flashes Red-Red-Blue-repeat the installer will need to set installer feature #12 to 2nd or 3rd option so Blade port is in iData protocol.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.2=&lt;br /&gt;
Available April 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct auto data protocol select when Blade is present &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allow Lock operation during Vehicle Learn for some PTS vehicles &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Correct analog hood trigger input RS shutdown process in RS-X70 units &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1+1 button remotes will allow Unlock Only when programed with installer feature #13 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2017&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Latch output option for Channel 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
High Temp RS feature&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 programmable temperature settings for Low Temp starting and 4 programmable temperature settings for High Temp&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Low Volt auto start and Low Battery notification for 2-way TX set to 11.5V&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No delay to 3rd, 4th, and 5th channel operation&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.4=&lt;br /&gt;
Available February 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
iData protocol updated to support Linkr-LT1 confirmations&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.5=&lt;br /&gt;
Available August 2018&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default runtime now 15 minutes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default protocol set to Black=iData/Green=DBI&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New TX RS activation options (user feature #8). Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 3 seconds (option 5) &amp;amp; Press &amp;amp; Hold RS button for 4 seconds (option 6).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4-button &amp;amp; 2-button TX only, 1-button will be set to press 2x when these options are selected)&lt;br /&gt;
Lift gate status via data causing 3 chirps on arm fixed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pulse Ignition On Disarm (installer feature #14) will now pulse the Ignition &amp;amp; Accessory outputs&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
CH4 &amp;amp; CH5 2-way confirmation will work when Green/Red &amp;amp; Green/Black are NOT set to CH4 or CH5&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Glow Plug State via iData protocol. Start time will be controlled by Glow Plug State when feature is supported by bypass module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
M/T setup (installer feature #11) mode now has 2 new options. Shut down and lock on door close (option 3) &amp;amp; Shut down and lock 10 seconds after door close (option 4)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New Tach Learn process:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start engine with the key&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hold Brake pedal&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press and release valet button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Entering tach learn will confirm with 5 chirps/light flashes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid tach signal is present system will set Engine Detection to Tach and learn tach&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Release Brake or turn Ignition OFF to exit tach learn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Old and New Tach Learn process will switch Engine Detection feature to tach wire and learn valid tach &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;IF&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; valid signal is present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer reports 5 chirps after starting vehicle. New tach learn process can be triggered &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IF&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the customer pulses the brake pedal after starting the car.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=v1.6=&lt;br /&gt;
Available June 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not recognize 2 ACC circuits - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL not setting Engine Detection (Installer Feature #3) or Data Protocol (Installer Feature #12) after update - fixed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware version now indicated by LED upon power up&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Seconds after power up the status LED will give long and short flashes to indicate unit firmware version&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Example:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; One long flash followed by six short flashes = V1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Sensor pre-warn is now 4 chirps.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3D sensor will ONLY be monitored when any reservation mode (installer Feature #11) option is selected&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn output (User Feature #5) now defaulted to Human Panic&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pit-Stop and Reservation Mode setup required the key to be on for more than 10 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tach Learn (key ON, Brake 5x) will NOT function after RS takeover.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
VL Step 6 extended from 20 seconds to 60 seconds. More time to get away from the car with a PTS fob. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New Alarm Test Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press &amp;amp; Hold the Valet button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Within 1.5 seconds press lock on the remote. (any arm command, &#039;&#039;ex. OE remote, Telematics Lock/Arm command&#039;&#039;, etc, will work)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Status LED will begin to flash rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The siren/horn will chirp upon any zone trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 Chirp - Sensor Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2 Chirps - Hood Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3 Chirps - Door Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4 Chirps - Pre-warn Trigger&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps are thru Horn/Siren ONLY.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Chirps will repeat every 2 seconds for the duration of the trigger, meaning, if the alarm detects hood open the siren will chirp 2 times every 2 seconds till the hood is closed.&lt;br /&gt;
:If multiple zones are triggered the chirps will alternate between all triggered zones every 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press Lock or Unlock or power cycle the alarm to exit Alarm Test Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: There is no anti-nuisance prevention in this mode. Chirps will continue till the zone is cleared, the mode is exited, the alarm is powered down, or the end of time, which ever comes first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode if operational with or without alarm functions &amp;quot;ON&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Sensor Test mode does NOT confirm thru 2-way remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New VL Process&#039;&#039;&#039;(changes &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underlined&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key ON (do not start). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: Activate remote start by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;pressing the valet button 3x within 5 seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the remote, input activation wire, or smartphone control. The system will chirp/flash lights to indicate engine type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Default: 1x = Gasoline).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 3&#039;&#039;&#039;: If needed, press valet button to change engine type: The system will chirp/flash lights to confirm each selection. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1 chirp=Gasoline, 2 chirps=Diesel 15, 3 chirps=Diesel 20, 4 chirps=Diesel 30.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 4&#039;&#039;&#039;: Start the vehicle with the ignition key. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Automatic&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: Turn the ignition key OFF, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(Max: 4x). EXAMPLE: If you connected the PINK, VIOLET, &amp;amp; ORANGE wires, the system should chirp 3x. If it only chirps 2x, one connection has a problem and should be checked, then start over at Step 1 to retest. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 5 &#039;&#039;Manual&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;: Manual Transmission, Release parking brake, the system will chirp/flash lights for the # of IGN/ACC/START circuits detected (see above). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Set the parking brake again, the system will chirp/flash lights to indicate the setting of Installer Feature #11 (Default 2x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Release and re-set parking brake to select desired MT Mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1 chirp=MT Mode w/ shut down on door lock from remote, 2 chirps=MT Mode OFF (Default), 3 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down on door close, 4 chirps=MT Mode w/ shut down 10 sec after door close.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Activate RS and exit the vehicle, the engine will shut down according to the option chosen (when locked, after door closed, or 10 sec after door closed) .&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 6&#039;&#039;&#039;: Within &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; sec. of Step 5, Activate remote start. Wait until engine is running and LED is flashing slow. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:The system will poll both data ports for modules using the DBI protocol. If they do not respond, it will automatically switch to iDatalink protocol. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;After the engine is running, the system will look for data tach &amp;amp; tach wire availability. If detected, the system will switch to that method. If not, it will remain in tachless&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;hi. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Step 7&#039;&#039;&#039;: TO SAVE SETTINGS: Shut down RS by pressing the BRAKE pedal &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;AFTER&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; the status LED begins slow flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This disables VEHICLE LEARN (installer feature #2).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;If the brake pedal is pressed before the engine running condition (10 seconds after crank) is met, no settings will be saved and VL must be done again.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:TO CANCEL/START OVER: Shut down RS by remote or input wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=v2.0=&lt;br /&gt;
Available July 2024&#039;ish&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Upon power up LED will flash 2 long pulses to indicate V2.0.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2-way RF timing changed to delay alarm alerts to allow disarm if triggered when customer is near vehicle (must have new antenna, not field updateable/see antenna update section).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In tachless modes the system will check voltage every 0.5 seconds and switch to &amp;quot;running&amp;quot; status once voltage increase is detected giving customer mot &amp;quot;tach&amp;quot; like confirmation in parking lights and 2-way remotes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tachless voltage detection time changed from 10 seconds after crank to 15 seconds after crank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:This may address Hyundai/Kia tachless start die conditions. Some vehicles tested showed the battery voltage did not increase until 11 or 12 seconds after start.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New behind the scene VL process to address some reported issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AUX 2 and AUX 3 command from telematics device will control AUX 4 and AUX 5 outputs of Excalibur system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Crank averaging rules changed to prevent over crank after mechanical problems or short crank from unrealistic key start cycles.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New bypass method for 3D sensor when in MT mode.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ignition On&amp;gt;Press and hold Brake&amp;gt;Tap valet button 3x&lt;br /&gt;
:This will toggle the 3D sensor On or Off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::1 second LED/PL flash = On &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::3 LED/PL flashes = Off&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hazzard Light flash option available for (-) and (+) PL outputs. This sill pulse the PL output twice every 2 seconds to turn the hazards On then Off to give one single light flash. No &amp;quot;On during RS&amp;quot; option available when this is selected. Light rely still flashes normally when this option is selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #2 now Pink/White and Orange wire control.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1. P/W: IGN / ORG: ACC - DEFAULT&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:2. P/W: ACC / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:3. P/W: START / ORG: ACC&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:4. P/W: IGN / ORG: IGN&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:5. P/W: IGN / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:6. P/W: START / ORG: START&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note - Vehicle Learn will still configure these outputs like it used to.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #4 (Crank Delay) new options for firmware&#039;s that do not respond in the default 1.5 seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 3 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 6 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #8 (Door Lock Outputs) new options.&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.125 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: 0.4 seconds&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Feature #19 (Horn Relay for XX70-B OR Brown wire for X70) no has defrost options.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mainly for XX70-B to get high current defrost output capability.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Horn/Siren chirps removed from tach learn process. LED and PL are the only confirmation of entering tach learn (Ign On, brake pedal 5x).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#top]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Remotes=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;118&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;123&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;124&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 2-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1110&#039;&#039;&#039; - 2-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1111&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 1-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1412&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1415&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01E with engraved K9 logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-01B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E with engraved Excal Logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03B with Black Chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with chrome trim&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1417&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-25 CrimeStopper logo with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1418&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 4-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03 with all plastic case&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1510&#039;&#039;&#039; - LCD 2-way 5-button remote (x433)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1511&#039;&#039;&#039; - LED 2-way 5-button remote (xSST)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E - with engraved Excal logo&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1512&#039;&#039;&#039; - OLED 2-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1513&#039;&#039;&#039; - 1-way 5-button remote (LoRa)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:-03E&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Model Number Breakdown&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1st digit = Production factory 1=Nutek&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2nd digit = Number of button&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
remaining digits = sequence of the factory and button count&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
01=K9 brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
03=Excalibur brand&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
07=Generic (no logo)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
25-CrimeStopper&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Remote Update=&lt;br /&gt;
All 2-way remotes turn off the receiver until an arm confirmation is received to extend battery life.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Any unlock confirmation will turn off receiver in 2-way remotes. This means if you arm CAR 1 than switch to CAR 2 and disarm the receiver in the remote will be off. You will not receive alerts from CAR 1 unless you arm CAR 2 or switch to CAR 1 and do a status update (&amp;quot;P&amp;quot; then Lock). This is normal operation.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative CAR1/CAR2 switching. Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then Unlock to change between CAR1/CAR2. Holding &amp;quot;P&amp;quot; and Lock or Unlock will still switch CAR1/CAR2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 3 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 4 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; twice then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative channel 5 activation: Press and release &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; three times then press the Trunk button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New remote firmware identification:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1110 V1.3 = LED flash and chirp upon power up. Long followed by 3 short(s) = v1.3.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.2 = New RS tone played upon power up.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1510 v1.3 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the clock will display the firmware version, v1.x.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:1511 v1.2 and newer = Upon entering programming on the remote (Hold the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button for 3 seconds) the lock LED will flash for the first part of the version and the unlock LED will flash for the seconds part. &lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock once and Unlock twice - v1.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Example - Lock twice and no Unlock - v2.0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Current HHU Firmware:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1110 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1510 - v1.3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v1.4 (original hardware with in house update)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1511 - v2.0 (factory update with PCB change)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 5 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 short beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Release all buttons within 3 seconds, and then press Lock, Unlock, Trunk, &amp;amp; Start for 1 second again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To clear Alarm ID from the 1 button 2-way remotes&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Remove battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Hold button and insert battery.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Hold button approx 3 sec.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Piazo will sound 1 long beep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*1110 Reset Tip:&#039;&#039; With PCB still in front half of remote case place paper under battery contact. Hold button and remove paper to easily perform reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=2-Way Antenna Update=&lt;br /&gt;
REC-2N9-3D updated with new IC (11/2019). No operational changes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC noted by Red dot on tab below 4-pin connector.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New IC also included in REC-1N4 and REC-1N9-3D with same marking (12/2019).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firmware update to address disarm when triggered. Antenna will flash 2 short flashed upon power up. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shawn</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>